Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View (w/o V4U)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (B9Q)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LR (DC5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RR (DC5)
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Rear (B9Q)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C5
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C6
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C7
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C1
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C2
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C3
        • Front Parking Assist Display Connector End View
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle (UFR)
        • Rear Park Assist Indicator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console (AQ9)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - LR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - RR
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (AV8/AQ9)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1, U3Q, U3R, U3U)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Rear Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Display Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Lamp Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/o JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AV8)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (w/o F38, w/FE1, F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (FE1)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C1 (F38)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C2 (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F38)
        • Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View (K59)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Sunshade Module Connector End View (DE9)
        • Sun Shade Switch Connector End View (DE9)
        • Rain Sensor Module Connector End View (CE1)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C1 (XA7)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C2 (XA7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C1 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C2 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C3 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C4 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C5 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C6 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C7 (A45, AM3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C1 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C2 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C3 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C4 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR (KA6)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45 or AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Driver (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/o AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/o AG1 or A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AQ9)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AV8)
        • Park Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C1 (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C2 (AQ9)
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (w/o BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQA)
        • Video Display Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.6L VIN 9
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 4.6L VIN 9
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3110
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3111
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3112
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Valet Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0302A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0996
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1424
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3031
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an armed system/silencing an alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Keyless Entry Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Important
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Object Detection Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Object Detection Component Views
        • Object Detection Connector End Views
          • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) C1
          • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) C2
          • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) C3
          • Front Parking Assist Display
          • Object Alarm Sensor - LF Corner (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - LF Middle (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - LR Corner (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - LR Middle (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - RF Corner (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - RF Middle (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - RR Corner (UFR)
          • Object Alarm Sensor - RR Middle (UFR)
          • Rear Park Assist Indicator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Object Detection
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0953
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0954, B0955, B0956, or B0957
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0954 01, B0955 01, B0956 01, or B0957 01
            • B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, or B0957 06
            • B0954 08, B0955 08, B0956 08, or B0957 08
            • B0954 21, B0955 21, B0956 21, or B0957 21
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0958, B0959, B0960, or B0961
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, or B0961 01
            • B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, or B0961 06
            • B0958 08, B0959 08, B0960 08, or B0961 08
            • B0958 21, B0959 21, B0960 21, or B0961 21
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0968
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1008
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B138A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B138A 03
            • B138A 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Information Center Telltale Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Object Alarm Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Sensor Housing Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Object Alarm Detection System
          • Rear Object Alarm Detection System
          • Object Detection Alarm System Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C5
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C6
            • Body Control Module (BCM) C7
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0005
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1000
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1016
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1380
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1380 01
            • B1380 06
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1380 01
            • B1380 06
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1428
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1433
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1440
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1441
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1441 01
            • B1441 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1475
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0073
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1814
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2099
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Keyword Data Line
          • Circuit Description
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Dash Integration Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Rear Integration Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Programming the BCM
          • Learning the Restraints ID
          • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Program Key Fobs
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Keyword 2000 Serial Data Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Serial Data Gateway
          • Body Control Module
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Replacement
          • BCM Reprogramming
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement
          • BPP Sensor Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Door Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup - Auxiliary
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Seat Climate Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Replacing Keys
          • Adding Keys
        • Object Alarm Module Programming and Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Replacing Keyless Entry Transmitters
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module (K59)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC B3794
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1002
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Switch Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Replacement
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Aiming Procedure
        • Tools Required
        • DSCC Aiming Set Up Procedure
        • DSCC Aiming Procedure
    • Maintenance
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Maintenance
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (Adaptive Cruise Control)
        • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
        • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) System Description
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control (DSCC) Module
        • Instrument Panel Module (IPM)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Head-Up Display (HUD)
        • Radio Amplifier
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor
        • Accelerator Pedal
        • Cruise Control Switch
          • Notes
          • On/Off Switch
          • Set/Decrease Switch
          • Resume/Increase Switch
          • Gap Up/Down Switch
        • Cruise Indicators and Messages
          • Service Radar Cruise
          • Cruise Not Ready
          • Clean Radar
          • Cruise Engaged Indicator
          • Set Speed
          • Follow Distance
          • Vehicle Ahead Indicator
          • Driver Alert
        • Cruise Engaged
        • Cruise Inhibited
          • DSCC Module Inhibits
          • ECM Inhibits
        • Cruise Disengaged
        • Other Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Features
          • Mechanical Alignment
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (Conventional Cruise Control)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
          • Cellular Microphone (UE1, U3Q, U3R, U3U)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
          • Amplifier C1 (UQ3)
          • Amplifier C1 (UQA)
          • Amplifier C2 (UQ3)
          • Amplifier C2 (UQA)
          • Amplifier C3 (UQ3)
          • Amplifier C3 (UQA)
          • Digital Radio Antenna Module (BQ9)
          • Digital Radio Antenna Module (w/o BQ9)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) (U2K)
          • Noise Compensation Microphone (UQA)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2
          • Radio C4
          • Speaker - Front Center (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Front Center (UQA)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LR Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RR Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQA)
          • Video Display (U3Q, Japan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025-B1095
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1287
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Left Channel - Audio Distortion
          • Right Channel - Audio Distortion
          • One Speaker - Audio Distortion
          • Audio Distortion from Rear Speaker During 5.1 DSS DVD Playback
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Roof Antenna Module Replacement
        • Radio Replacement
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
            • Radio Power
            • Radio Ground
            • Radio Speaker Outputs
            • Radio Head Unit Dimming
            • Amplifier Interface UQ3 (Non-GMLAN)
            • Amplifier Interface UQA (GMLAN)
            • Amplifier Radio Speaker Inputs
            • Amplifier Speaker Outputs
            • Remote Radio Audio Signal Inputs (UE1 only)
            • Cellular Telephone Mute (UE1 only)
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • Auxiliary Jack Socket
            • OnStar®
            • Theft Deterrent
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception FM
            • Radio Reception AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Technical Information for the MP3/CD Radios
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Ashtray Lamp
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Middle Door (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - LF (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - LR (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - RF (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Middle Door (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - RR (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp Module (w/o V4U)
          • Dome Lamp
          • Fog/Cornering Lamp - LF
          • Fog/Cornering Lamp - RF
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp Assembly - LF (T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - LF (w/o T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - RF (T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - RF (w/o T72)
          • Headlamp Switch
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • License Lamp
          • Park Lamp - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Park Lamp - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
          • Park Lamp - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Park Lamp - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp (B9Q)
          • Repeater Lamp - Left (Export)
          • Repeater Lamp - Right (Export)
          • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
          • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
          • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - LF
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - LR (DC5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - RF
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - RR (DC5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B257A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 03
            • B1395 07
            • B3600 03
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2530
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2555
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Notes
            • Automatic Headlamps Operation
            • Headlamp Switch Operation
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2590
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2595
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645 03
            • B2645 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2652
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3445
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 03
            • B1395 07
            • B3600 03
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or DTC C0890
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
            • C0890 03
            • C0890 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0572
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0573
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (with Intellibeam)
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Repeater Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Interior Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
        • Reading Lamp and Bulb Replace - Overhead Console
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Storage Compartment Lamp Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replace - High Intensity Discharge (HID)
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • HDLPS Suggested Indicator
          • Lights ON Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
          • Clock
          • Driver Information Display Switch
          • Engine Oil Level Switch
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Overhead Console Lamp
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3567
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0608
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Clock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Dampener Replacement - I/P Compartment
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Inner Panel Replacement
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Ashtray Side Panel Replacement
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Clock Replacement
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Front
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
        • Hinge Replacement - Floor Console Arm Rest
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Cupholder - Front Floor Console
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Check Oil Level
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Check Gas Cap
          • Vehicle OVERSPEED
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info
          • Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Elapsed Time
            • Battery Voltage
            • Oil Life Index
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
            • Park Assist Menu
            • Key FOB Programming Menu
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip A/B
          • Language
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Brake Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Ashtray Lamp
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Middle Door (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - LF (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - LR (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - RF (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Middle Door (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - RR (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp Module (w/o V4U)
          • Dome Lamp
          • Fog/Cornering Lamp - LF
          • Fog/Cornering Lamp - RF
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp Assembly - LF (T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - LF (w/o T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - RF (T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - RF (w/o T72)
          • Headlamp Switch
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • License Lamp
          • Park Lamp - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Park Lamp - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
          • Park Lamp - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Park Lamp - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp (B9Q)
          • Repeater Lamp - Left (Export)
          • Repeater Lamp - Right (Export)
          • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
          • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
          • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - LF
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - LR (DC5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - RF
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - RR (DC5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B257A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 03
            • B1395 07
            • B3600 03
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2530
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2555
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Notes
            • Automatic Headlamps Operation
            • Headlamp Switch Operation
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2590
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2595
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645 03
            • B2645 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2652
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3445
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 03
            • B1395 07
            • B3600 03
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or DTC C0890
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
            • C0890 03
            • C0890 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0572
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0573
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (with Intellibeam)
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Repeater Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Interior Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
        • Reading Lamp and Bulb Replace - Overhead Console
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Storage Compartment Lamp Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replace - High Intensity Discharge (HID)
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • HDLPS Suggested Indicator
          • Lights ON Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
          • Horn Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
          • Cellular Microphone (UE1, U3Q, U3R, U3U)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
          • Amplifier C1 (UQ3)
          • Amplifier C1 (UQA)
          • Amplifier C2 (UQ3)
          • Amplifier C2 (UQA)
          • Amplifier C3 (UQ3)
          • Amplifier C3 (UQA)
          • Digital Radio Antenna Module (BQ9)
          • Digital Radio Antenna Module (w/o BQ9)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) (U2K)
          • Noise Compensation Microphone (UQA)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2
          • Radio C4
          • Speaker - Front Center (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Front Center (UQA)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - LR Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - RR Door (UQA)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQA)
          • Video Display (U3Q, Japan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025-B1095
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1287
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Left Channel - Audio Distortion
          • Right Channel - Audio Distortion
          • One Speaker - Audio Distortion
          • Audio Distortion from Rear Speaker During 5.1 DSS DVD Playback
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Roof Antenna Module Replacement
        • Radio Replacement
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
            • Radio Power
            • Radio Ground
            • Radio Speaker Outputs
            • Radio Head Unit Dimming
            • Amplifier Interface UQ3 (Non-GMLAN)
            • Amplifier Interface UQA (GMLAN)
            • Amplifier Radio Speaker Inputs
            • Amplifier Speaker Outputs
            • Remote Radio Audio Signal Inputs (UE1 only)
            • Cellular Telephone Mute (UE1 only)
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • Auxiliary Jack Socket
            • OnStar®
            • Theft Deterrent
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception FM
            • Radio Reception AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Technical Information for the MP3/CD Radios
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematic Icons
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Navigation System Component Views
        • Navigation System Connector End Views
          • Traffic Information Receiver (U3Q, Japan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Poor or Inoperative TV Reception
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • Navigation System - Voice Guidance Inoperative or Degraded Quality
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Voice Guidance Inoperative or Degraded
      • Repair Instructions
        • Audio/Video Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
        • TV Antenna Amplifier Replacement (w/UE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • TV Antenna Module Replacement (UE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • TV and VICS Antenna - Export, w/YQ6, YQ7
          • TV Antenna Module - Export, w/YQ6, YQ7
          • TV Antenna Amplifiers - Export, w/YQ6, YQ7
          • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks
          • VICS Module - Export, w/YQ7
          • VICS Optical/Microwave Beacon Antenna - Export, w/YQ7
          • Voice Recognition
          • Bluetooth
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Cadillac)
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Wreath and Crest)
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
        • Hood Ornament Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lower Molding Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
          • Clock
          • Driver Information Display Switch
          • Engine Oil Level Switch
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Overhead Console Lamp
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3567
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0608
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Clock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Dampener Replacement - I/P Compartment
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Inner Panel Replacement
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Ashtray Side Panel Replacement
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Clock Replacement
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Front
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
        • Hinge Replacement - Floor Console Arm Rest
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Cupholder - Front Floor Console
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Check Oil Level
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Check Gas Cap
          • Vehicle OVERSPEED
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info
          • Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Elapsed Time
            • Battery Voltage
            • Oil Life Index
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
            • Park Assist Menu
            • Key FOB Programming Menu
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip A/B
          • Language
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Brake Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Carpet, Retainer Replacement - Front Lower
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
        • Headliner Replacement
        • Headliner Replacement - Cardboard Insulator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement - Rear
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
        • Sail Panel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Ashtray Lamp
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Middle Door (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Rear Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - LF (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - LR (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - RF (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Middle Door (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Rear Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - RR (w/o V4U)
          • Courtesy Lamp Module (w/o V4U)
          • Dome Lamp
          • Fog/Cornering Lamp - LF
          • Fog/Cornering Lamp - RF
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp Assembly - LF (T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - LF (w/o T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - RF (T72)
          • Headlamp Assembly - RF (w/o T72)
          • Headlamp Switch
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • License Lamp
          • Park Lamp - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Park Lamp - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
          • Park Lamp - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Park Lamp - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp (B9Q)
          • Repeater Lamp - Left (Export)
          • Repeater Lamp - Right (Export)
          • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
          • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
          • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - LF
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - LR (DC5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - RF
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - RR (DC5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B257A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 03
            • B1395 07
            • B3600 03
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2530
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2555
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Notes
            • Automatic Headlamps Operation
            • Headlamp Switch Operation
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2590
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2595
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645 03
            • B2645 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2652
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3445
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 03
            • B1395 07
            • B3600 03
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or DTC C0890
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
            • C0890 03
            • C0890 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0572
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0573
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (with Intellibeam)
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Repeater Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Interior Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
        • Reading Lamp and Bulb Replace - Overhead Console
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Storage Compartment Lamp Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replace - High Intensity Discharge (HID)
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • HDLPS Suggested Indicator
          • Lights ON Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming Mode
              • Notes
              • Exit Lighting
              • Auto Door Lock
              • Auto Door Unlock
              • Delayed Door Lock
              • Remote Door Lock
              • Approach Lighting
              • Remote Start
              • Memory Seat Recall
              • Chime Volume
              • Language
              • Factory Setting
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics (w/ARC)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
          • Driver Position Module C1 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C2 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C3 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C4 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C5 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C6 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C7 (A45, AM3)
          • Heated Seat Element - LR Back (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Element - LR Cushion (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Element - RR Back (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Element - RR Cushion (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 (KB6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 (KB6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C3 (KB6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C1 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C2 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C3 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C4 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Switch - LR (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Switch - RR (KA6)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (AL2)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AM3)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver (w/o A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger (AG2/AH8)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A45 or AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AH8)
          • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Driver (KB6)
          • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Front Passenger (KB6)
          • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Driver (KB6)
          • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Front Passenger (KB6)
          • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - LR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - RR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor - Driver C1 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor - Driver C2 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch - Driver (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch - Front Passenger (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Driver (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Front Passenger (w/o AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Front Passenger C1 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Front Passenger C2 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - LR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - RR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - LR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - RR (ARC)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver (w/o AG1 or A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger (AG2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1335
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1335 00
            • B1335 0B
            • B1935 42
            • B1335 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Module Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1340
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1340 00
            • B1340 0B
            • B1940 42
            • B1340 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Module Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1395 02
            • B1395 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B2085, or B2090
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2105, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1913 or B1918
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1925/B2170 02
            • B1925/B2170 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1935 or B2180
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1935/B2180 04
            • B1935/B2180 0A
            • B1935/B2180 0B
            • B1935/B2180 0C
            • B1935/B2180 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2425 or B2430
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2425/B2430 04
            • B2425/B2430 0A
            • B2425/B2430 0B
            • B2425/B2430 0C
            • B2425/B2430 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2435 or B2440
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2435/B2440 02
            • B2435/B2440 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3642
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory-A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory-A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory-A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with Memory-A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Massage Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Inoperative - Back Only Mode
          • Test Description
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Seat Switch Indicator Malfunction - Rear
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement
        • Seat Replacement - Center
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
        • Power Recliner Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Trim Replacement - Front
        • Massaging Lumbar Control Module Replacement
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (w/AL2)
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (w/AM3)
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
          • Notes
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Replacement
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Front Seat
        • Heated and Cooled Seat Switch Replacement
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Cushion
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Back
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Seat Back
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
        • Lumbar Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Heater Replacement - Rear
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o Memory-A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with Memory-A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Lumbar Horizontal Movement
          • Lumbar Vertical Movement
          • Lumbar Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with Massaging Lumbar-AM3)
          • Lumbar Massage Components
          • Massage Operation
          • Lumbar Vertical Motor
          • Position Sensor
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Circulation
          • Heated/Cool Ventilation Module
          • Climate Control Seat (CCS) System
          • Climate Control Seat Module (CCSM) Power and Ground
          • Modes of Operation
          • Heated/Cooled Seat Switch and Door Module
          • Temperature Sensors
          • Blower Motors
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Cooled Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation - Rear
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Power and Grounds
          • Modes of Operation
          • Heated Seat Switch/LED Indicators and System Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Memory Recall Option
          • Power Seat Switches
          • MSM Power and Grounds
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
        • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Power Tilt and Telescope, Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Power Tilt and Telescope, Col Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual Tilt, Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual Tilt, Column Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
          • Telescoping Actuator C1
          • Telescoping Actuator C2
          • Tilt/Telescope Switch
          • Tilt Actuator C1
          • Tilt Actuator C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Steering Column Module (SCM)
        • DTC B2850
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2855
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2860
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2875
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2880 (Symptom 01)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2880 (Symptom 06)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2880 (Symptom 61)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Steering Wheel Indicator Malfunction
        • Steering Column Tilt/Telescoping Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Steering Column Does Not Tilt Up/Down
        • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Heated Steering Wheel Inoperative
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Power Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Control Module Programming
          • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stops
          • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stop Programming Procedure
        • Telescoping Steering Column Calibration
          • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stops
          • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stop Programming Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Heat Module Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Power Tilt/Telescope, Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Power Tilt/Telescope, Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Manual Tilt, Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Manual Tilt, Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Power Tilt and Telescope)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Manual Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Tilt/Telescoping Switch Operation
          • Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Tilt/Telescoping Memory
          • Entry/Exit Personalization
          • Memory Setting
          • Memory Personalization Recall
          • Tilt/Telescoping Description
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (w/DTS)
          • Heated Steering Wheel
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
          • Rain Sensor Module (CE1)
          • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module C1 (XA7)
          • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module C2 (XA7)
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3873
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3875
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3922
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Heater Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Moisture Sensing Feature Inoperative
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Heater Replacement
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
        • Washer Pump Replacement
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
        • Wiper Motor Module Support Bracket Replacement
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3110
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3111
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3112
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Valet Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0302A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0996
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1424
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3031
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an armed system/silencing an alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Keyless Entry Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Important
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Latch Replacement
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Hood Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Ball Stud Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front
        • Front Compartment Sight Shields Replacement
        • Fender Replacement - Front
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
        • Tie Bar Replacement - Upper
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Fender to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cowl Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
          • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
          • Rear Window Sunshade Module (DE9)
          • Sun Shade Switch (DE9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • DTC B3265
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Liner Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement - Rear
        • Sunshade Switch Replacement - Rear
        • Sunshade Control Module Replacement - Rear
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - LH Rear
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - RH Rear
        • Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Torque Rod Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Adjustment - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Fascia Grille Replacement
        • Molding Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Bumper
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Cadillac)
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Wreath and Crest)
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
        • Hood Ornament Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lower Molding Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
          • Clock
          • Driver Information Display Switch
          • Engine Oil Level Switch
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Overhead Console Lamp
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3567
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0608
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Clock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Dampener Replacement - I/P Compartment
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Inner Panel Replacement
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Ashtray Side Panel Replacement
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Clock Replacement
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Front
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
        • Hinge Replacement - Floor Console Arm Rest
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Cupholder - Front Floor Console
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Check Oil Level
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Check Gas Cap
          • Vehicle OVERSPEED
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info
          • Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Elapsed Time
            • Battery Voltage
            • Oil Life Index
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
            • Park Assist Menu
            • Key FOB Programming Menu
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip A/B
          • Language
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Brake Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Carpet, Retainer Replacement - Front Lower
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
        • Headliner Replacement
        • Headliner Replacement - Cardboard Insulator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement - Rear
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
        • Sail Panel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Frame Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement - Rear (W/FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement - Rear (W/FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics (w/ARC)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
          • Driver Position Module C1 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C2 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C3 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C4 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C5 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C6 (A45, AM3)
          • Driver Position Module C7 (A45, AM3)
          • Heated Seat Element - LR Back (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Element - LR Cushion (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Element - RR Back (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Element - RR Cushion (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 (KB6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 (KB6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C3 (KB6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C1 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C2 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C3 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Module - Rear C4 (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Switch - LR (KA6)
          • Heated Seat Switch - RR (KA6)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (AL2)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AM3)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver (w/o A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger (AG2/AH8)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A45 or AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AH8)
          • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Driver (KB6)
          • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Front Passenger (KB6)
          • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Driver (KB6)
          • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module - Front Passenger (KB6)
          • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - LR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - RR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor - Driver C1 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor - Driver C2 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch - Driver (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch - Front Passenger (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Driver (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Front Passenger (w/o AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Front Passenger C1 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Front Passenger C2 (AM3)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - LR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - RR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - LR (ARC)
          • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - RR (ARC)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver (w/o AG1 or A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger (AG2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1335
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1335 00
            • B1335 0B
            • B1935 42
            • B1335 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Module Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1340
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1340 00
            • B1340 0B
            • B1940 42
            • B1340 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Module Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1395 02
            • B1395 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B2085, or B2090
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2105, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1913 or B1918
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1925/B2170 02
            • B1925/B2170 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1935 or B2180
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1935/B2180 04
            • B1935/B2180 0A
            • B1935/B2180 0B
            • B1935/B2180 0C
            • B1935/B2180 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2425 or B2430
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2425/B2430 04
            • B2425/B2430 0A
            • B2425/B2430 0B
            • B2425/B2430 0C
            • B2425/B2430 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2435 or B2440
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2435/B2440 02
            • B2435/B2440 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3642
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory-A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory-A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory-A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with Memory-A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Massage Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Inoperative - Back Only Mode
          • Test Description
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Seat Switch Indicator Malfunction - Rear
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement
        • Seat Replacement - Center
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
        • Power Recliner Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Trim Replacement - Front
        • Massaging Lumbar Control Module Replacement
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (w/AL2)
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (w/AM3)
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
          • Notes
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Replacement
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Front Seat
        • Heated and Cooled Seat Switch Replacement
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Cushion
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Back
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Seat Back
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
        • Lumbar Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Heater Replacement - Rear
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o Memory-A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with Memory-A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Lumbar Horizontal Movement
          • Lumbar Vertical Movement
          • Lumbar Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with Massaging Lumbar-AM3)
          • Lumbar Massage Components
          • Massage Operation
          • Lumbar Vertical Motor
          • Position Sensor
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Circulation
          • Heated/Cool Ventilation Module
          • Climate Control Seat (CCS) System
          • Climate Control Seat Module (CCSM) Power and Ground
          • Modes of Operation
          • Heated/Cooled Seat Switch and Door Module
          • Temperature Sensors
          • Blower Motors
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Cooled Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation - Rear
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Power and Grounds
          • Modes of Operation
          • Heated Seat Switch/LED Indicators and System Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Memory Recall Option
          • Power Seat Switches
          • MSM Power and Grounds
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Roof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
          • Sunroof Motor C1 (CF5)
          • Sunroof Motor C2 (CF5)
          • Sunroof Control Module C1 (CF5)
          • Sunroof Control Module C2 (CF5)
          • Sunroof Switch (CF5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Express Open/Close Features Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Express Vent Open/Close Features Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Vent Position
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close from Vent Position
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Synchronization
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power and Grounds
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Sunroof Switch
          • Roof Express Open/Close Operation
          • Roof Supervised Open/Close Operation
          • Sunroof Motor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Rear (B9Q)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Park Relay Assembly - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Left Rear (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Middle (V4U)
          • Door Release Switch - Right Rear (V4U)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Left Rear Door
          • Window Switch - Right Rear Door
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B320A Or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1722
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2976
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3125
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3130
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3135
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mirror, Window and Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Bezel Replacement - Rear Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Applique
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Front
        • Door Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front and Rear Side Door - Upper Auxiliary
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
        • Mirror Face Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking feature
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror Motors
          • RH Mirror Motors
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LD8 w/JL4)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LD8 w/o JL4)
          • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
          • Traction Control Switch (AQ9)
          • Traction Control Switch (AV8)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
          • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • C0035 0F - C0050 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0035 18, 0F, 00 - C0050 18, 0F, 00
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0110
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C00110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0131
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0179
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0196
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • C0196 28
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0201
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0245
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0292
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0550
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0899
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • DTC C0900
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Perfomance
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator
            • TRAC Off
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (J55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (JL9)
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (JL9)
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (J55)
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (J55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (JL9)
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (JL9)
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (J55)
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (JL9)
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (J55)
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear (JL9)
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear (J55)
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (J55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (JL9)
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (JL9)
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (J55)
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front (JL9)
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front (J55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear (JL9)
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear (J55)
        • Disc Brake Splash Shield Replacement - Front
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear (JL9)
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear (J55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brakes Self Apply When Turning Steering Wheel
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis (J55 W/JH6)
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis (J55/JL9)
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test (STS)
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicators
            • Brake
            • Check Brake Fluid
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release (Without J55)
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release (J55)
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis (Without J55)
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis (J55)
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Intermediate
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear (J55)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear (JL9)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear (J55)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear (JL9)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement (J55)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment (J55)
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LD8 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LD8 w/o JL4)
        • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch (AQ9)
        • Traction Control Switch (AV8)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0050
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • C0035 0F - C0050 0F
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • Notes
          • C0035 18, 0F, 00 - C0050 18, 0F, 00
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0110
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C00110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0131
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0161
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0179
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0186
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0196
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • C0196 28
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0201
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0245
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0292
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0550
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0710
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0899
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC C0900
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Perfomance
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator
          • TRAC Off
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement (FE1, FE3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Console (AQ9)
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - LR
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - RR
          • Cigar Lighter (AV8/AQ9)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement (KD, KE)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement (KF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View (w/o V4U)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (B9Q)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LR (DC5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RR (DC5)
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Rear (B9Q)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C5
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C6
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C7
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C1
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C2
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C3
        • Front Parking Assist Display Connector End View
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle (UFR)
        • Rear Park Assist Indicator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console (AQ9)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - LR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - RR
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (AV8/AQ9)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1, U3Q, U3R, U3U)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Rear Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Display Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Lamp Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/o JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AV8)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (w/o F38, w/FE1, F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (FE1)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C1 (F38)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C2 (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F38)
        • Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View (K59)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Sunshade Module Connector End View (DE9)
        • Sun Shade Switch Connector End View (DE9)
        • Rain Sensor Module Connector End View (CE1)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C1 (XA7)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C2 (XA7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C1 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C2 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C3 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C4 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C5 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C6 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C7 (A45, AM3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C1 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C2 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C3 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C4 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR (KA6)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45 or AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Driver (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/o AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/o AG1 or A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AQ9)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AV8)
        • Park Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C1 (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C2 (AQ9)
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (w/o BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQA)
        • Video Display Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Upfitter Provision Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear (Wire Entry)
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP300
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1516
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1517 03
            • B1517 07
            • B1517 52
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Solenoid Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
            • Notes
            • Charging System Components
              • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Not Charging Service Charging System
            • Service Battery Charging System
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Rear Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Clock
        • Driver Information Display Switch
        • Engine Oil Level Switch
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
        • Overhead Console Lamp
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0158
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B3567
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0461
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0462
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0463
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0464
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0520
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0608
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center
      • Clock Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
      • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Right Side
      • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Replacement - Left Side
      • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
      • Dampener Replacement - I/P Compartment
      • Instrument Panel Compartment Inner Panel Replacement
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
      • Ashtray Side Panel Replacement
      • Ashtray Replacement
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
      • Clock Replacement
      • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
      • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Front
      • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
      • Console Replacement
      • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
      • Hinge Replacement - Floor Console Arm Rest
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
      • Cupholder - Front Floor Console
      • Center Console End Panel Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRND321 Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Engine Oil Pressure
        • Ice Possible
        • km/h and MPH
        • Fuel Level Low
        • Check Oil Level
        • Oil Pressure Low
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Check Gas Cap
        • Vehicle OVERSPEED
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Info
        • Maintenance
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Average Vehicle Speed
          • Fuel Range
          • Fuel Used
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Elapsed Time
          • Battery Voltage
          • Oil Life Index
          • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Park Assist Menu
          • Key FOB Programming Menu
        • English/Metric Button
        • Trip A/B
        • Language
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Brake Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
          • Horn Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Console (AQ9)
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - LR
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - RR
          • Cigar Lighter (AV8/AQ9)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement (KD, KE)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement (KF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View (w/o V4U)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (B9Q)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LR (DC5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RR (DC5)
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Rear (B9Q)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C5
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C6
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C7
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C1
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C2
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C3
        • Front Parking Assist Display Connector End View
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle (UFR)
        • Rear Park Assist Indicator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console (AQ9)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - LR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - RR
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (AV8/AQ9)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1, U3Q, U3R, U3U)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Rear Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Display Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Lamp Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/o JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AV8)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (w/o F38, w/FE1, F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (FE1)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C1 (F38)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C2 (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F38)
        • Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View (K59)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Sunshade Module Connector End View (DE9)
        • Sun Shade Switch Connector End View (DE9)
        • Rain Sensor Module Connector End View (CE1)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C1 (XA7)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C2 (XA7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C1 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C2 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C3 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C4 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C5 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C6 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C7 (A45, AM3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C1 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C2 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C3 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C4 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR (KA6)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45 or AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Driver (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/o AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/o AG1 or A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AQ9)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AV8)
        • Park Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C1 (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C2 (AQ9)
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (w/o BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQA)
        • Video Display Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Upfitter Provision Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear (Wire Entry)
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP300
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1516
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1517 03
            • B1517 07
            • B1517 52
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Solenoid Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
            • Notes
            • Charging System Components
              • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Not Charging Service Charging System
            • Service Battery Charging System
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RF (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle Door (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U w/BQ9)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - RR (w/o V4U)
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View (w/o V4U)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog/Cornering Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - LF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (T72)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - RF (w/o T72)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U, B9Q)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (B9Q)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal / Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LR (DC5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RR (DC5)
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Rear (B9Q)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C1 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle C2 (V4U)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Park Relay Assembly Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Left Rear (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Middle (V4U)
        • Door Release Switch Connector End View - Right Rear (V4U)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (w/o AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C4
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side
        • Inline Connector End View, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C5
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C6
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C7
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C1
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C2
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module (UFR) Connector End View C3
        • Front Parking Assist Display Connector End View
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RF Middle (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner (UFR)
        • Object Alarm Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle (UFR)
        • Rear Park Assist Indicator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console (AQ9)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - LR
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - RR
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (AV8/AQ9)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1, U3Q, U3R, U3U)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Rear Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View (CJ4)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (CJ4)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Display Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Lamp Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LD8 w/o JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (AV8)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (w/o F38, w/FE1, F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (FE1)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F55)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C1 (F38)
        • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) Connector End View C2 (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR (F38)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR (F38)
        • Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View (K59)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Sunshade Module Connector End View (DE9)
        • Sun Shade Switch Connector End View (DE9)
        • Rain Sensor Module Connector End View (CE1)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C1 (XA7)
        • Windshield Heated Washer Fluid Module Connector End View C2 (XA7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C1 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C2 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C3 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C4 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C5 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C6 (A45, AM3)
        • Driver Position Module Connector End View C7 (A45, AM3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Back (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - RR Cushion (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C3 (KB6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C1 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C2 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C3 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Rear C4 (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR (KA6)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR (KA6)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45 or AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Back Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Driver (KB6)
        • Seat Cushion Ventilation Heat & Cool Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KB6)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Driver (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Massage Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/o AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (AM3)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - LR (ARC)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - RR (ARC)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (w/o AG1 or A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG1, A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AQ9)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (AV8)
        • Park Switch Connector End View (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C1 (AQ9)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View C2 (AQ9)
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Telescoping Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C1
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View C2
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Module Connector End View (w/o BQ9)
        • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQA)
        • Video Display Connector End View (U3Q, Japan)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.6L VIN 9
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 4.6L VIN 9
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
          • Cooling Fan - Left
          • Cooling Fan - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 or P0694
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Static Fill)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Vac-N-Fill)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Drive Belt Tensioner Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Engine Coolant
          • Coolant Warning Messages
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Surge Tank
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Engine Oil Heat Exchanger
          • Transmission Oil Cooler - V09
          • Transmission Oil Cooler - V03/V92
          • Transmission Oil Cooler Lines
          • Power Steering Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oxygen Sensor Wiring Harness Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.6L - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LD8)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (L37)
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Thread Repair Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
          • Notes
          • Engine Verification
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Chain Alignment Diagram
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
        • Coolant in Engine Oil
        • Engine Compression Test
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Engine Component Description
          • Notes
          • Crankcase
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rods and Pistons
          • Camshaft Drive System
          • Cylinder Heads
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Induction System
          • Right and Left Bank Designation
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
          • Changed Engine Specifications
          • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
          • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
          • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
          • New Special Tools Required
          • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Separating Parts
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
          • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealant
          • Separating Components
          • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
          • Assembling Components
        • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Sealant Types
          • Anaerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Gasket Eliminator Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.6L - 1 Of 4
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 1)
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Lift Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Setting Camshaft Timing
        • Camshaft Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.6L - 2 Of 4
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 2)
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 1)
        • Drive Belt Removal
        • Power Steering Pump Removal
        • Generator Removal
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left (W/O RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right (W/O RPO, NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal (without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal (with Oil Cooler)
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Water Crossover Removal
        • Starter Motor Removal
        • Ignition Module Removal - Left
        • Ignition Module Removal - Right
        • Camshaft Cover Removal - Left
        • Camshaft Cover Removal - Right
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Right
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Left
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Removal
        • Camshaft Removal - Left Exhaust
        • Camshaft Removal - Left Intake
        • Camshaft Removal - Right Exhaust
        • Camshaft Removal - Right Intake
        • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal - Left
        • Valve Lifter Removal - Right
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
          • Crankshaft Removal Procedure
          • Crankshaft Bearing Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Disassemble - Upper
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Diameter Measurement Procedure
          • Deck Face Flatness Measurement Procedure
          • Cylinder Bore Taper Measurement Procedure
          • Cylinder Bore Out-of-Round Measurement Procedure
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.6L - 3 Of 4
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 2)
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Crankshaft Bearing Inspection
          • Crankshaft Measurement
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston Cleaning Procedure
          • Piston Inspection Procedure
          • Piston Diameter Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Pin Bore Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring End Gap Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring Side Clearance Measurement Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Cleaning Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Piston and Piston Pin Installation Procedure
          • Piston Ring Installation Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Cylinder Head Measurement
          • Valve Guide Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Spring Inspection and Measurement
        • Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Valve Cleaning Procedure
          • Valve Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Valve Measurement and Reconditioning Overview
          • Valve Seat Width Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Seat Roundness Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Margin Measurement Procedure
          • Valve-to-Seat Concentricity Measurement Procedure
          • Valve and Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Stem Height Measurement Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Camshaft Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arms Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Filter Adapter Disassemble (without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Disassemble (with Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Cleaning and Inspection (without Oil Cooler)
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Cleaning and Inspection (with Oil Cooler)
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Assemble (without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Assemble (with Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Disassemble
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Disassemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Assemble
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Left
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Right
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Crossover Disassemble
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Crossover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Crossover Assemble
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Inboard Bolt Holes
          • Outboard Bolt Holes
          • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Assemble - Upper
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Crankshaft Bearing Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using Plastic Gaging
          • Connecting Rod Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using J 43690 and J 43690-100
          • Connecting Rod Final Assembly Procedure
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Left
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.6L - 4 Of 4
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 3)
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Right
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Exhaust
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Intake
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Exhaust
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Intake
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Installation
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Left
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Right
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Left
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Right
        • Ignition Module Installation - Right
        • Ignition Module Installation - Left
        • Starter Motor Installation
        • Water Crossover Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation (without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation (with Oil Cooler)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right (W/O RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left (W/O RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Installation
        • Generator Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Installation
        • Drive Belt Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1516
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1517 03
            • B1517 07
            • B1517 52
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Solenoid Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
            • Notes
            • Charging System Components
              • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Not Charging Service Charging System
            • Service Battery Charging System
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Injector 7
          • Fuel Injector 8
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid
          • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Rear Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Inlet Hose/Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • TAC System
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Circuit Description
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - DTC P0016 To P0401
      • DTC P0016
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, P0053, P0054, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0135, P0141, P0155 or P0161
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • DTC P0030, P0036, or P0050
          • DTC P0053, P0054, or P0059
          • DTC P0135, P0141, or P0155
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0102
          • DTC P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0107
          • DTC P0108
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0112
          • DTC P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0117
          • DTC P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 or P2135
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0120
          • DTC P0122
          • DTC P0123
          • DTC P0220
          • DTC P0222
          • DTC P0223
          • DTC P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P2135 Only
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138, P0151, P0152, P0157, P0158, P2A00, P2A01, P2A03 or P2A04
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P2A01
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P0153, P0154, P0160, P1133 or P1153
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0171
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0172
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0174 or P0175
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201-P0208
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0308
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332 or P0333
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0324
          • DTC P0325 and P0330
            • Notes
            • DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • DTC P0324
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340, P0341 or P0342
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0340
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0341
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0358
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0401
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - DTC P0403 To P1381
      • DTC P0403
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0404
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0405
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0406
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0411
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0418
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0449
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0451
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0452
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0453
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0454
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC P0506 and P0507
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC P0506
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC P0507
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0604
            • Notes
            • P062F
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
            • Notes
            • P0606
          • P0607
          • P060D
          • P062F
          • P2610
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1380 or P1381
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • DTC P1381
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - DTC P1400 To P2444
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1404
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • Notes
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2430
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2431
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2432
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2433
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
      • Hard Start
      • Surges/Chuggles
      • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
      • Detonation/Spark Knock
      • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
      • Cuts Out, Misses
      • Poor Fuel Economy
      • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
      • Dieseling, Run-On
      • Backfire
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tool
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Injector 7
          • Fuel Injector 8
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid
          • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Rear Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Inlet Hose/Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • TAC System
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Circuit Description
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - DTC P0016 To P0401
      • DTC P0016
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, P0053, P0054, P0056, P0059, P0060, P0135, P0141, P0155 or P0161
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • DTC P0030, P0036, or P0050
          • DTC P0053, P0054, or P0059
          • DTC P0135, P0141, or P0155
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0102
          • DTC P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0107
          • DTC P0108
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0112
          • DTC P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0117
          • DTC P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 or P2135
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0120
          • DTC P0122
          • DTC P0123
          • DTC P0220
          • DTC P0222
          • DTC P0223
          • DTC P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P2135 Only
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138, P0151, P0152, P0157, P0158, P2A00, P2A01, P2A03 or P2A04
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P2A01
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P0153, P0154, P0160, P1133 or P1153
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0171
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0172
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0174 or P0175
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201-P0208
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0308
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332 or P0333
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0324
          • DTC P0325 and P0330
            • Notes
            • DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • DTC P0324
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340, P0341 or P0342
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0340
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0341
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0358
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0401
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - DTC P0403 To P1381
      • DTC P0403
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0404
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0405
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0406
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0411
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0418
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0449
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0451
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0452
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0453
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0454
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC P0506 and P0507
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC P0506
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC P0507
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0604
            • Notes
            • P062F
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
            • Notes
            • P0606
          • P0607
          • P060D
          • P062F
          • P2610
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1380 or P1381
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • DTC P1381
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - DTC P1400 To P2444
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1404
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • Notes
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2430
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2431
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2432
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2433
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System - 4.6L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
      • Hard Start
      • Surges/Chuggles
      • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
      • Detonation/Spark Knock
      • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
      • Cuts Out, Misses
      • Poor Fuel Economy
      • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
      • Dieseling, Run-On
      • Backfire
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tool
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.6L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Instructions
      • Description
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • MH1/4T80-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4.6L LD8/L37 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Rear Lift
            • Front Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Bleed Procedure Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Camshaft Holding Tool Caution
        • Compressed Valve Spring Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Prep Primer Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air in the Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Avoid Damage to Grid Lines Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting to Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Connector Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A Notice
        • Constant Velocity Joint Seal Damage Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex Decoupler Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Pressure at 414 kPa Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wire Repair Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Handling Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Tape Corners of Panel Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • Cautions And Notices - All Models
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Handling Preheated Parts Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Backing Plate Rivet Damage Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heating Transmission Component Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Pin Reuse Notice
        • Retaining Ring Reuse Notice
        • Seal Reuse Notice
        • Torque Converter Housing/Low and Reverse Clutch Housing Bolt Size Notice
        • Transfer Case Bearing Removal Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • MH1/4T80-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4.6L LD8/L37 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Rear Lift
            • Front Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
            • Notes
            • DTC Symptom Subtypes
              • Notes
              • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Model Coverage
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
          • Notes
          • Learn Procedure
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • 1-Piece TPM Sensor
          • 2-Piece (Snap-fit) TPM Sensor
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • MH1/4T80-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4.6L LD8/L37 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Rear Lift
            • Front Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
        • Suction Hose Replacement
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
        • Heater Hoses Replacement
        • Heater Pipes Replacement
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
        • Blower Motor Replacement
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Side Window
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Center
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Left
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Right
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Defroster
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, LH
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, RH
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, LH
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, RH
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
        • Diverter Door Replacement
        • Mode Door Replacement
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
        • Heater Core Replacement
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Replacement - Auxiliary
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Driver
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Rear Passenger
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Inside
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor - Auxiliary (CJ4)
          • Blower Motor Control Module (CJ2)
          • Blower Motor Control Module (CJ4)
          • Blower Motor Control Module - Auxiliary (CJ4)
          • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary (CJ4)
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module C3
          • Mode Actuator
          • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (CJ4)
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158 or B0163
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0158
            • B0163
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • B0158
            • B0163
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 or B0188
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0248, B0268, B0408, B0413, B0418, B0423, B0428, B0433, B3531, B3761, B3773, or B3782
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3933
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Afterblow Enable Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning (A/C) Control Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Relay
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
            • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
          • Auxiliary Air Distribution
          • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Remote Start and Personalization
            • OnStar® Blower Control ON/OFF
            • Air Temperature Actuators
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Air Quality Sensor (RPO K14)
          • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • Dual Zone Operation
            • Automatic Operation
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (w/o AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 01 Stage 1 or B0013 01 Stage 2
            • B0012 02 Stage 1 or B0013 02 Stage 2
            • B0012 04 Stage 1 or B0013 04 Stage 2
            • B0012 0D Stage 1 or B0013 0D Stage 2
            • B0012 0E Stage 1 or B0013 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0014
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0014 01
            • B0014 02
            • B0014 04
            • B0014 0D
            • B0014 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0015
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0015 01
            • B0015 02
            • B0015 04
            • B0015 0D
            • B0015 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0016
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0016 01
            • B0016 02
            • B0016 04
            • B0016 0D
            • B0016 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Notes
              • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0019 or B0020
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0019 01 Stage 1 or B0020 01 Stage 2
            • B0019 02 Stage 1 or B0020 02 Stage 2
            • B0019 04 Stage 1 or B0020 04 Stage 2
            • B0019 0D Stage 1 or B0020 0D Stage 2
            • B0019 0E Stage 1 or B0020 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0021
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0021 01
            • B0021 02
            • B0021 04
            • B0021 0D
            • B0021 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0022
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0022 01
            • B0022 02
            • B0022 04
            • B0022 0D
            • B0022 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0023
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0023 01
            • B0023 02
            • B0023 04
            • B0023 0D
            • B0023 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
              • Overview
              • Notes
              • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0052 or B0053
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0053
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0055
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0056
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0057
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0071
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0073
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0073 01
            • B0073 02
            • B0073 04
            • B0073 06
            • B0073 08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0074
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0080
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0080 01
            • B0080 02
            • B0080 04
            • B0080 06
            • B0080 08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0081
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0081 4B
              • Notes
              • B0081 71
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0083 04 or B0084 04
              • Notes
              • B0083 71 or B0084 71
            • B0083 0F or B0084 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0085 or B0086
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0085 04 or B0086 04
              • Notes
              • B0085 71 or B0086 71
            • B0085 0F or B0086 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1019
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing Procedure
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Indicator Replacement - Inflatable Restraint IP Module
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Belt Buckle and Latch Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Belt Buckle and Latch Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Variable Effort Steering System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Controls Schematic Icons
        • Steering Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Controls Component Views
        • Steering Controls Connector End Views
          • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
          • Variable Effort Steering Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0450
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0450 0B
            • C0450 11
            • C0450 17
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Drive Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement (Quiet Valve)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Disassemble
        • Disassembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Drive Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Assemble
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement (Quiet Valve)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
      • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
      • Steering Wheel Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Power Tilt and Telescope, Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Power Tilt and Telescope, Col Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual Tilt, Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual Tilt, Column Shift)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Telescoping Actuator C1
        • Telescoping Actuator C2
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch
        • Tilt Actuator C1
        • Tilt Actuator C2
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Steering Column Module (SCM)
      • DTC B2850
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2855
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2860
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2875
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2880 (Symptom 01)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B2880 (Symptom 06)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B2880 (Symptom 61)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B3622
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Heated Steering Wheel Indicator Malfunction
      • Steering Column Tilt/Telescoping Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Steering Column Does Not Tilt Up/Down
      • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Heated Steering Wheel Inoperative
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Power Tilt)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual Tilt)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Control Module Programming
        • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stops
        • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stop Programming Procedure
      • Telescoping Steering Column Calibration
        • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stops
        • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stop Programming Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Heat Module Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tilt Actuator Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Power Tilt/Telescope, Column Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Power Tilt/Telescope, Floor Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Manual Tilt, Floor Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement (Manual Tilt, Column Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Motor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Power Tilt and Telescope)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Manual Tilt Column)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Tilt/Telescoping Switch Operation
        • Motors
        • Position Sensors
        • Tilt/Telescoping Memory
        • Entry/Exit Personalization
        • Memory Setting
        • Memory Personalization Recall
        • Tilt/Telescoping Description
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (w/DTS)
        • Heated Steering Wheel
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Air Suspension
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
          • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) C1 (F38)
          • Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) C2 (F38)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - LR (F38)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - RR (F38)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Air Suspension
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0625 or C0630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0696
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0707
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0711
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0713
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0716 of C0717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Suspension Position Calibration
        • Air Suspension Depressurization Procedure
        • Air Suspension Pressurization Procedure
        • Air Spring Leveling Sensor Replacement
        • Air Spring Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Assembly Electronic Suspension Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Assembly Automatic Level Control Air Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Replacement
        • Air Suspension Air Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Suspension Description and Operation
          • Air Suspension
          • Air Suspension Description
          • Air Compressor
          • Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Relay
          • Air Suspension Control Module
          • Rear Air Springs
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension Control System - Automatic Level Control
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor (w/o F38, w/FE1, F55)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Automatic Level Control Scan Tool Data Definitions:
        • DTC C0660 (Symptom 01)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660 (Symptom 06)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0712 (Symptom 01)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Compressor Leak Test
        • Automatic Level Control System Leak Test
        • Rear of Vehicle High
        • Rear of Vehicle Low
      • Repair Instructions
        • Suspension Position Calibration
          • ESCM Programming (ESC)
          • ALCM Programming (w/o ESC)
        • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Head Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Tube Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation (F55)
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation (w/o F55)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Damping
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematic Icons
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
          • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module (F55)
          • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module (FE1)
          • Suspension Damper - LF (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - LR (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - RF (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - RR (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - LF (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - LR (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - RF (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - RR (F55)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Electronic Suspension Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Data Display
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0558
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0575, C0580, C0585, or C0590
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0615, C0620, C0625 or C0630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0696
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0895
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • ESC Module Programing
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Suspension Control Description and Operation
          • Electronic Suspension Control Description
          • Electronic Suspension Control Module
          • Electronic Suspension Control Position Sensors
          • Electronic Suspension Control Shock Absorber or Strut
          • Electronic Suspension Control Operation
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (FE7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement (FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (FE7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front (FE7)
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front (FE1, FE3)
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (FE7)
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (FE1, FE3)
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement (FE1, FE3)
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement (FE7)
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement (FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (FE1, FE3)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (FE7)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear (FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear (FE7)
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement (W/FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (FE1, FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Replacement (FE7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Body Mount Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Body Mount Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Mount Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Mount Replacement (FE7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustment Link Replacement (FE1 and FE3)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustment Link Replacement (FE7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster Adjustment (FE1, FE3)
      • Front Caster Adjustment (FE7)
      • Front Camber Adjustment (FE1, FE3)
      • Front Camber Adjustment (FE7)
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment (FE1, FE3)
      • Rear Toe Adjustment (FE7)
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Notes
        • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Notes
        • Type A
        • Type B
        • Type C
        • Type X
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Inline, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side
          • Inline, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side
          • Internal Mode Switch (IMS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Control Module Replacement
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement - Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Adjustment
        • Scavenge Screens and Seals Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Axle Seal (Right) Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Cover Axle Seal (Left) Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Level Indicator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Detent Lever and Roller Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Pawl Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine to Transaxle Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Dry Sump Oil System
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input (Shaft) Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P1820
      • DTC P0218
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604 or P062F
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0851
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0852
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0897
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0961
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0974
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - DTC P1822 To DTC P2764
      • DTC P1822
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1915
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Removal
        • Fourth Servo Removal
        • Final Drive End Play Measurement
        • Case Extension and Scavenge Pipe Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Housing Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Final Drive Carrier, Sun and Internal Gear Removal
        • Bottom Pan, Gasket, and Scavenge Screens Removal
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Input Shaft End Play Measurement
        • Side Cover, Gasket, and Filter Removal
        • Oil Pump, Upper Control Valve Assembly Removal
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Drive/Driven Sprocket and Chain Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates and Reverse Clutch Removal
        • Fourth Band and Third Clutch/Reaction Shell Removal
        • Parking Pawl Removal
        • Forward Clutch Assembly and Low Reverse Band Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Manual Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Drive Sprocket Support and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly Overhaul
        • Low/Reverse Band and Fretting Ring Installation
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Internal Gear and Snap Ring Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support Stud Installation
        • Parking Pawl and Pivot Pin Install
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Carrier/Shell and Third Clutch Installation
        • Fourth Band Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Second Clutch Plates Installation
        • Clutch Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Drive Link and Sprockets Assemble
        • Thrust Bearings Installation
        • Case Cover/Turbine Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Case Cover Assembly Installation
        • Assembly End Play Measurement
        • Upper Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Upper Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Upper Control Valve Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Assemble
        • Pump Assemble
        • Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Temperature Sensor, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, and Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Assemble
        • Oil Filter and Side Cover Install
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Channel Plate Assemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body and Internal Mode Switch Installation
        • Accumulator Housing Disassemble
        • Accumulator Housing Assemble
        • Lower Controls Assembly Installation
        • Manual Link and Wire Harness Connection
        • Scavenge Screens/Seals, Bottom Pan Installation
        • Final Drive Carrier Inspect
        • Differential Carrier Overhaul
        • Final Drive Carrier/Differential Carrier Install
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Scavenge Pipe Installation
        • Case Extension Install/Final Drive End Play Check
        • Fourth Servo Overhaul
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Installation
        • Axle Seals Replacement
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Install
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/1-2 Accumulator)
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/3-4 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator)
            • Hydraulic Controls
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Feed Filter
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube
            • Park - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • The #7 Checkball (Reverse/Reverse Clutch)
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
              • The #4 Checkball (Reverse Clutch)
              • Reverse Accumulator Assembly
            • Torque Converter Cooler & Lube
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Reverse - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Drive and Forward Clutch)
              • #1 Checkball (Forward Clutch)
              • Forward Accumulator
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Band Applied
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator Piston
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator and 1-2 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Low & Reverse Releases
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Third Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
            • 2-3 Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator Piston
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator, Secondary 2-3 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator Piston
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator, 3-4 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Notes
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Notes
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Converter Clutch Regulating Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Releases
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Coast Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #9 Checkball (Coast Clutch Feed, Orificed Coast Clutch Feed)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Manual Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • Third Clutch Releases
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Manual Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Low & Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • #8 Checkball (Low)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low Reverse Band Apply and Reduce)
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Manual First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
      • Line Pressure Check Procedure
      • Road Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Line Pressure Adapter and Gage Installation
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
        • Notes
        • Preparation
        • Back Flush
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
      • Harsh Shifts
      • Low Line Pressure
      • Second Gear Starts
      • Transmission Slips in Reverse
      • Soft Shifts
      • No First Gear D2, D3, D4
      • No Second Gear D2, D3
      • No Third Gear - D3
      • No Fourth Gear
      • No First Gear
      • Inconsistent Shifts
      • Third and Fourth Gears Only
      • No Engine Braking
      • No Overrun Braking in D3
      • No Overrun Braking in D2
      • No Engine Braking in D1
      • Forward Motion in N
      • Engine Stall
      • Loss of Power
      • Loss of Drive
      • Engine Starts in Gear
      • No Gear Selection
      • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
      • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
      • Soft Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
      • Early Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Engagement
      • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Disengaging
      • Converter Ballooning
      • No Torque Multiplication
      • No Reverse
      • Does Not Stay in Park
      • Extended or Delayed Upshifts
      • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Noise in All Ranges
      • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
      • Popping Noise
      • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
      • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
      • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
      • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
      • Vibration Diagnosis
      • Fluid Foaming
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid (AQ9)
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid (AV8)
          • Park Switch (AQ9)
          • Reverse Lockout Solenoid C1 (AQ9)
          • Reverse Lockout Solenoid C2 (AQ9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Reverse Lockout System Inoperative
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed (Column Shift)
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed (Floor Shift)
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed (Column Shift)
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed (Floor Shift)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation (Floor Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation (Column Shift)
        • Reverse Lockout System Description and Operation
          • Reverse Lockout Control (Console Shift Only)
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Removal
        • Fourth Servo Removal
        • Final Drive End Play Measurement
        • Case Extension and Scavenge Pipe Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Housing Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Final Drive Carrier, Sun and Internal Gear Removal
        • Bottom Pan, Gasket, and Scavenge Screens Removal
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Input Shaft End Play Measurement
        • Side Cover, Gasket, and Filter Removal
        • Oil Pump, Upper Control Valve Assembly Removal
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Drive/Driven Sprocket and Chain Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates and Reverse Clutch Removal
        • Fourth Band and Third Clutch/Reaction Shell Removal
        • Parking Pawl Removal
        • Forward Clutch Assembly and Low Reverse Band Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Manual Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Drive Sprocket Support and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly Overhaul
        • Low/Reverse Band and Fretting Ring Installation
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Internal Gear and Snap Ring Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support Stud Installation
        • Parking Pawl and Pivot Pin Install
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Carrier/Shell and Third Clutch Installation
        • Fourth Band Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Second Clutch Plates Installation
        • Clutch Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Drive Link and Sprockets Assemble
        • Thrust Bearings Installation
        • Case Cover/Turbine Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Case Cover Assembly Installation
        • Assembly End Play Measurement
        • Upper Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Upper Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Upper Control Valve Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Assemble
        • Pump Assemble
        • Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Temperature Sensor, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid, and Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Assemble
        • Oil Filter and Side Cover Install
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Channel Plate Assemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body and Internal Mode Switch Installation
        • Accumulator Housing Disassemble
        • Accumulator Housing Assemble
        • Lower Controls Assembly Installation
        • Manual Link and Wire Harness Connection
        • Scavenge Screens/Seals, Bottom Pan Installation
        • Final Drive Carrier Inspect
        • Differential Carrier Overhaul
        • Final Drive Carrier/Differential Carrier Install
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Scavenge Pipe Installation
        • Case Extension Install/Final Drive End Play Check
        • Fourth Servo Overhaul
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Installation
        • Axle Seals Replacement
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Install
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/1-2 Accumulator)
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/3-4 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator)
            • Hydraulic Controls
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Feed Filter
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube
            • Park - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • The #7 Checkball (Reverse/Reverse Clutch)
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
              • The #4 Checkball (Reverse Clutch)
              • Reverse Accumulator Assembly
            • Torque Converter Cooler & Lube
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Reverse - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Drive and Forward Clutch)
              • #1 Checkball (Forward Clutch)
              • Forward Accumulator
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Band Applied
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator Piston
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator and 1-2 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Low & Reverse Releases
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Third Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
            • 2-3 Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator Piston
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator, Secondary 2-3 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator Piston
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator, 3-4 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Notes
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Notes
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Converter Clutch Regulating Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Releases
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Coast Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #9 Checkball (Coast Clutch Feed, Orificed Coast Clutch Feed)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Manual Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • Third Clutch Releases
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Manual Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Low & Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • #8 Checkball (Low)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low Reverse Band Apply and Reduce)
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Manual First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages